blob: 1130b4f3291628019b86aaf71183a2c6701888d0 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500205/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206/board Board dependent files
207/common Misc architecture independent functions
208/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400211/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500212/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214/include Header Files
215/lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219/net Networking code
220/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400221/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500222/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224Software Configuration:
225=======================
226
227Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229
230There are two classes of configuration variables:
231
232* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_".
235
236* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000240
241Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245as an example here.
246
247
248Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249---------------------------------------------------
250
251For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253
254Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255
256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config
258
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200259For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262
263
264Configuration Options:
265----------------------
266
267Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268such information is kept in a configuration file
269"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270
271Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273
274
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000275Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277build a config tool - later.
278
279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000280The following options need to be configured:
281
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000283
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200285
286- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000288
289- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295
296- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299
300- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302
303
304- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200307 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000310- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000317
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530318- Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family
322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot.
405
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000426- Generic CPU options:
427 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
428
429 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
430 values is arch specific.
431
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
433 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
434 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
435 SoCs.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
438 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
439
440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
441 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
442 deskew training are not available.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
445 Freescale DDR1 controller.
446
447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
448 Freescale DDR2 controller.
449
450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller.
452
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
454 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
455
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
457 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
458 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
459 implemetation.
460
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
462 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
463 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
464 implementation.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
467 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
468 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
469
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100470- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200471 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100472
473 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
474 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
475 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200477 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200478
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100479 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
480 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200481 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100482 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200483
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200484- MIPS CPU options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
486
487 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
488 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
489 relocation.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
492
493 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
494 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
495 Possible values are:
496 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
497 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
498 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
499 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
500 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
503 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
506
507 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
508 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
509
510 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
511
512 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
513 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
514 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
515
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000516- ARM options:
517 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
518
519 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
520 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
521
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000522 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
523
524 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
525 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
526 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
527 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
528 GCC.
529
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000530 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000531 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
532 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
533 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
534
535 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
536 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
537 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
538 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
539 set these options unless they apply!
540
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000541- CPU timer options:
542 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
543
544 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
545 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
546 option must be set to 1000.
547
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000548- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000549 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
550
551 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
552 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
553 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
554 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
555 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
556 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
557 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000558 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100559 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560 default environment.
561
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000562 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
563
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000565 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
566 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
567
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400568 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200569
570 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400571 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
572 concepts).
573
574 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
575 * New libfdt-based support
576 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500577 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400578
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200579 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
580 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
581 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
582 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200583 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600584 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200585
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200586 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
587 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500588
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600589 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
590
591 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
592 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500594 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
595
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200596 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500597 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
598
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200599 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
600
601 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
602 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
603 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
604 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
605 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
606 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
607
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000608 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
609
610 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
611 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
612 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
613 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
614 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
615 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
616 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
617
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100618- vxWorks boot parameters:
619
620 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
621 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
622 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
623
624 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
625 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
626 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
627 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
628
629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
630
631 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
632
633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000667 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
668
669 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
670 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
671 this variable to initialize the extra register.
672
673 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
674
675 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
676 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
677 variable to flush the UART at init time.
678
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000680- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
682 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
683 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
684 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685
686 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
687 port routines must be defined elsewhere
688 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
689
690 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
691 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000692 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
694 (default big endian)
695 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
696 rectangle fill
697 (cf. smiLynxEM)
698 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
699 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
700 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
701 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000702 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
703 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
705 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000706 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000707 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
708 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
709 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
710 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
711 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
712 (i.e. i8042_getc)
713 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
714 (requires blink timer
715 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200716 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
718 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500719 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
721 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000722 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
723 linux_logo.h for logo.
724 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000725 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200726 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 the logo
728
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000729 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
730 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
731 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
732
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000733 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
734 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
735 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000737 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
738 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
739 the "silent" environment variable. See
740 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000741
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200742 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
743 is 0x00.
744 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
745 is 0xa0.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Console Baudrate:
748 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
749 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200750 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
751 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100753- Console Rx buffer length
754 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
755 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100756 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100757 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
758 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
759 the SMC.
760
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000761- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200762 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
763 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
764 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
765 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
766 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
767 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
768 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200769 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200770 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000771
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200772 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
773 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000774
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000775- Safe printf() functions
776 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
777 the printf() functions. These are defined in
778 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
779 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
780 If this option is not given then these functions will
781 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
782 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
785 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
786 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000787 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
788 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
790 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
791 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
792 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
793 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
794 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
795 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
796 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
797 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
798 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
800 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
801 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
802
803- Autoboot Command:
804 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
805 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
806 define a command string that is automatically executed
807 when no character is read on the console interface
808 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
809
810 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000811 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
812 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
813 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000816 The value of these goes into the environment as
817 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
818 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200819 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100821- Bootcount:
822 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
823 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
824 cycle, see:
825 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
826
827 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
828 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
829 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
830 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
831 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
832 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
833 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
834 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
835 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837- Pre-Boot Commands:
838 CONFIG_PREBOOT
839
840 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
841 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
842 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
843 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
844 entering interactive mode.
845
846 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
847 automatically generated or modified. For an example
848 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
849 modified when the user holds down a certain
850 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
851 booting the systems
852
853- Serial Download Echo Mode:
854 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
855 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
856 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
857 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
858 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
859 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
860 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
861
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
864 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
869 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000870 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
871 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500872 and augmenting with additional #define's
873 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 The default command configuration includes all commands
876 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000877
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
880 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
881 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
882 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
883 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
884 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
885 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
888 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
889 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600890 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
891 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
892 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
893 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
895 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500896 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
898 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600899 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600900 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500902 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
904 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000907 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500908 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
909 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
910 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000914 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
917 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
918 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
919 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000920 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200921 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000924 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
926 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
927 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
928 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200929 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000930 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
931 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
933 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200934 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400935 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000936 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000938 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200939 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
941 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
942 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100943 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
945 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200946 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600947 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000948 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
950 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
951 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
952 host
953 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
956 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000957 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500958 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
959 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
960 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
961 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
962 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
963 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700964 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200965 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400966 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800967 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200968 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000970 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000971 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000972 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
973 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000976 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200977 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000978
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979
980 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
981 support you can write:
982
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500983 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
984 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400986 Other Commands:
987 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000988
989 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500990 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000991 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
992 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
993 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
994 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
995 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
996 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
998
999 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1000
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001001- Regular expression support:
1002 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001003 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1004 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1005 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1006 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001007
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001008- Device tree:
1009 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1010 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1011 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1012 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1013 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1014 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1015
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001016 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1017 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001018
1019 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1020 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1021 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1022 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1023 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1024 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001025
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001026 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1027 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1028 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1029 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1030
1031 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1032
1033 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1034 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1035 still use the individual files if you need something more
1036 exotic.
1037
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038- Watchdog:
1039 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1040 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001041 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1042 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1043 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1044 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1045 available, then no further board specific code should
1046 be needed to use it.
1047
1048 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1049 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1050 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1051 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001052
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001053- U-Boot Version:
1054 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1055 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1056 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1057 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001058 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1059 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001061- Real-Time Clock:
1062
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1065 following options:
1066
1067 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1068 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001069 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001071 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001072 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001073 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001074 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001075 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001076 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001077 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001078 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1079 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001080
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001081 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1082 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1083
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001084- GPIO Support:
1085 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001086
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001087 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1088 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1089 pins supported by a particular chip.
1090
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001091 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1092 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001094- Timestamp Support:
1095
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001096 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1097 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1098 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001099 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001101- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1102 Zero or more of the following:
1103 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1104 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1105 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1106 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1107 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1108 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1109 disk/part_efi.c
1110 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001112 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1113 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001114 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001115
1116- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001117 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1118 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001120 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1121 be performed by calling the function
1122 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1123 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124
1125- ATAPI Support:
1126 CONFIG_ATAPI
1127
1128 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1129
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001130- LBA48 Support
1131 CONFIG_LBA48
1132
1133 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001134 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001135 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1136 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001138 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001139 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1140 Default is 32bit.
1141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- SCSI Support:
1143 At the moment only there is only support for the
1144 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1145 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001147 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1148 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1149 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1151 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001152 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001154 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1155 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001158 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001159 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1160
1161 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1162 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1163 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1164 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1165
1166 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1167 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1168 example with the "sspi" command.
1169
1170 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1171 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1172 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001173
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001174 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001175 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001176
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001177 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1178 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001179 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001180 write routine for first time initialisation.
1181
1182 CONFIG_TULIP
1183 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1184 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1185 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1186
1187 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1188 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1189
1190 CONFIG_NS8382X
1191 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1192
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001193- NETWORK Support (other):
1194
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001195 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1196 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1197
1198 CONFIG_RMII
1199 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1200
1201 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1202 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1203 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1204
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001205 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1206 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1207
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001208 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001209 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1210
1211 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1212 Define this to hold the physical address
1213 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1214
1215 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1216 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1217
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001218 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001219 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1220
1221 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1222 Define this to hold the physical address
1223 of the device (I/O space)
1224
1225 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1226 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1227
1228 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1229 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1230 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1231
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001232 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1233 Support for davinci emac
1234
1235 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1236 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1237
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001238 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1239 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1240
1241 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1242 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1243 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1244 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1245 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1246 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1247 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1248 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1249
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001250 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001251 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1252
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001253 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001254 Define this to hold the physical address
1255 of the device (I/O space)
1256
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001257 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001258 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1259
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001260 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001261 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1262 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001263 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001264
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001265 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1266 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1267
1268 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1269 Define the number of ports to be used
1270
1271 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1272 Define the ETH PHY's address
1273
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001274 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1275 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1276
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001277- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001278 CONFIG_TPM
1279 Support TPM devices.
1280
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001281 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1282 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1283 per system is supported at this time.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1286 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1287
1288 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1289 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1290
1291 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1292 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1293
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001294 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1295 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1296
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001297 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001298 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1299 per system is supported at this time.
1300
1301 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1302 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1303 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1304 0xfed40000.
1305
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001306 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1307 Add tpm monitor functions.
1308 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1309 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1310
1311 CONFIG_TPM
1312 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1313 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1314 Requires support for a TPM device.
1315
1316 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1317 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1318 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001320- USB Support:
1321 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001322 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1324 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001325 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001326 storage devices.
1327 Note:
1328 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1329 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001330 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1331 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1332 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001333 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1334 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001335 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1336 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1337 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001338 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1339 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001341 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1342 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001343
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001344 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1345 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1346
Kuo-Jung Su4e5923f2013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001347 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1348 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1349
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001350- USB Device:
1351 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1352 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1353 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001354 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001355 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1356 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001357 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001358 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1359 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1360 a Linux host by
1361 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1362 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1363 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1364 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001365
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001366 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1367 Define this to build a UDC device
1368
1369 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1370 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1371 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001372
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301373 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1374 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1375 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1376 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1377 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1378 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1379 speed.
1380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001381 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001382 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1383 be set to usbtty.
1384
1385 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001386 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001388 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001389
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001390 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001391 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001392 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001393
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001395 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001396 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001397 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1398 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1399 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1400
1401 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1402 Define this string as the name of your company for
1403 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001404
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001405 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1406 Define this string as the name of your product
1407 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001409 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1410 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1411 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1412 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1413 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001414
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001415 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1416 Define this as the unique Product ID
1417 for your device
1418 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001419
Przemyslaw Marczak06ef7cc2013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001420 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1421 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1422 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1423 This enables function definition:
1424 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1425 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1426
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001427- ULPI Layer Support:
1428 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1429 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1430 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1431 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1432 viewport is supported.
1433 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1434 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001435 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1436 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1437 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001438
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001439- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001440 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1441 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1442 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001443 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001444 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1445 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001446
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001447 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1448 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1449
1450 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1451 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1452
1453 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1454 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1455
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001456- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1457 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1458 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1459
1460 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1461 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1462 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1463 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1464 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1465
1466 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1467 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1468
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001469 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1470 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1471
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301472 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1473 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1474 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1475 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1476 one that would help mostly the developer.
1477
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1479 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1480 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1481 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1482 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1483
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001484 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1485 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1486 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1487 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1488 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1489 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1490
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001491- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1492 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1493 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1494 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001496 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1497 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001498 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001500 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001501 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1502 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1503
1504 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001505 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001506 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1507 have not defined a custom partition
1508
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001509- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1510 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001511
1512 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1513 file in FAT formatted partition.
1514
1515 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1516 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001517
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001518CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1519 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1520
1521 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1522 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1523 and cbfsload.
1524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001525- Keyboard Support:
1526 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1527
1528 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1529 support
1530
1531 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1532 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1533 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1534 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1535 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1536
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001537 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1538 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1539 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1540 which provides key scans on request.
1541
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542- Video support:
1543 CONFIG_VIDEO
1544
1545 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1546 video).
1547
1548 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1549
1550 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1551
1552 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001553 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001554 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1555 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1556 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001558 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001559 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001560 are possible:
1561 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001562 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001563
1564 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1565 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1566 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1567 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1568 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1569 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1570 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001571 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1572
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001573 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001574 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001575
1576
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001577 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001578 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001579 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1580 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1581
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001582 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001583 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001584 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1585 support, and should also define these other macros:
1586
1587 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1588 CONFIG_VIDEO
1589 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1590 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1591 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1592 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1593 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1594 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1595
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001596 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1597 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1598 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1599 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001600
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001601 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1602
1603 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1604 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1605 driver.
1606
1607
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001608- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001609 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001610
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001611 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1612 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1613 defined in your board-specific files.
1614 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1617
1618 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1619 display); also select one of the supported displays
1620 by defining one of these:
1621
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001622 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1623
1624 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1625
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001626 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001627
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001628 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001629
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001630 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1631
1632 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1633 Active, color, single scan.
1634
1635 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001636
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001637 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638 Active, color, single scan.
1639
1640 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1641
1642 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1643 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1644
1645 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1646
1647 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1648 Active, color, single scan.
1649
1650 CONFIG_HLD1045
1651
1652 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1653 Active, color, single scan.
1654
1655 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1656
1657 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1658 or
1659 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1660 or
1661 Hitachi SP14Q002
1662
1663 320x240. Black & white.
1664
1665 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001666 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001667
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001668 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1669
1670 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1671 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1672 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1673 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1674 a per-section basis.
1675
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001676 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1677
1678 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1679 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1680 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1681 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001682
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001683 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1684
1685 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1686
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001687 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1688
1689 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1690 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1691
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001692- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001693
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001694 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1695 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1696 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001697 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001698 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1699 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1700 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1701 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001702
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001703 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1704
1705 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1706 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1707 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1708 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1709 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1710 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1711 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1712 there is no need to set this option.
1713
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001714 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1715
1716 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1717 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1718 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1719 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1720 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1721 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1722
1723 Example:
1724 setenv splashpos m,m
1725 => image at center of screen
1726
1727 setenv splashpos 30,20
1728 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1729
1730 setenv splashpos -10,m
1731 => vertically centered image
1732 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1733
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001734- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1735
1736 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1737 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1738 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1739
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001740- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1741
1742 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1743 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1744 bmp command.
1745
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001746- Do compresssing for memory range:
1747 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1748
1749 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1750 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1751
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001752- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001753 CONFIG_GZIP
1754
1755 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1756
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001757 CONFIG_BZIP2
1758
1759 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1760 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1761 compressed images are supported.
1762
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001763 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001764 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001765 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001766
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001767 CONFIG_LZMA
1768
1769 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1770 images is included.
1771
1772 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1773 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1774 formula:
1775
1776 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1777
1778 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1779 and Literal pos bits.
1780
1781 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1782 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1783 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1784 a very small buffer.
1785
1786 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1787 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001788 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001789
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001790 CONFIG_LZO
1791
1792 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1793 is included.
1794
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001795- MII/PHY support:
1796 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1797
1798 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1799
1800 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1801
1802 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1803
1804 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1805
1806 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001807 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001808
1809 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1810
1811 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1812 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1813 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1814 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1815
1816 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1817
1818 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1819 command issued before MII status register can be read
1820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821- Ethernet address:
1822 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001823 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001824 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1825 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001826 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1827 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001829 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1830 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831 is not determined automatically.
1832
1833- IP address:
1834 CONFIG_IPADDR
1835
1836 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001837 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001838 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001839 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840
1841- Server IP address:
1842 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1843
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001844 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001846 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001848 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1849
1850 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1851 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1852
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001853- Gateway IP address:
1854 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1855
1856 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1857 default router where packets to other networks are
1858 sent to.
1859 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1860
1861- Subnet mask:
1862 CONFIG_NETMASK
1863
1864 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1865 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1866 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1867 forwarded through a router.
1868 (Environment variable "netmask")
1869
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001870- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1871 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1872
1873 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1874 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001875 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001876 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1877 multicast group.
1878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1880 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1881
1882 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1883 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1884 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1885 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1886 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1887 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1888 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1889 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001890 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001891
1892 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1893 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1894 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1895 4th and following
1896 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1897
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001898- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001899 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1900 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001901
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001902 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1903 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1906 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001914 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001915
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001916 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1917 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001918
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001919 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1920 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1921 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1922 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1923 is not available.
1924
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001925 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1926 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1927 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1928 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1929 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1930 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1931 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001932 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001933
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1935 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1936 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001937 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001938 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1939 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001940
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001941 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1942
1943 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1944 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1945 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1946 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1947 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1948 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1949 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1950 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1951 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1952 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1953 this delay.
1954
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001955 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1956 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1957 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1958 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1959 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1960
1961 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1962
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001963 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001964 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001965
1966 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1967
1968 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1969
1970 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1971 of the device.
1972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1974
1975 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1976 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001977 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001978
1979 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1980
1981 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1982 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1983
1984 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1985
1986 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1987
1988 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1989
1990 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1991
1992 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1993
1994 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1995
1996 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1997
1998 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1999 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2002
2003 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002005- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2006
2007 Several configurations allow to display the current
2008 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2009 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2010 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2011 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2012 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2013 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2014 feature in U-Boot.
2015
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002016 Additional options:
2017
2018 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2019 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2020 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2021 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2022 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2023
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002024 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2025 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2026 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2027 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2028 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2029 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2030
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002031- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2032
2033 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2034 on those systems that support this (optional)
2035 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2036
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002037- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002039 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2040 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2041 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2042 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2043 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2044 interface.
2045
2046 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002047 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2048 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2049 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2050 for defining speed and slave address
2051 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2052 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2053 for defining speed and slave address
2054 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2055 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2056 for defining speed and slave address
2057 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2058 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2059 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002060
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002061 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2062 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2063 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2064 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2065 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2066 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002067 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002068 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2069 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2070 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2071 second bus.
2072
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002073 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002074 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2075 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2076 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002077
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002078 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2079 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2080 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2081 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2082
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002083 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2084 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2085 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2086 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2087 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2088 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2089 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2090 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2091 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2092 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2093
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002094 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2095 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2096 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2097
2098 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2106 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2107
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002108 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2109 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2110 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2111
2112 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2124 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2125
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002126 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2127 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2131 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2132 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2138
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002139 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2140 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2141 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2142 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2143
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002144 additional defines:
2145
2146 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2147 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2148 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2149 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2150 omit this define.
2151
2152 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2153 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2154 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2155 omit this define.
2156
2157 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2158 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2159 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2160 define.
2161
2162 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2163 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2164 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2165 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2166 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2167
2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2169 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2170 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2171 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2172 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2173 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2174 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2175 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2176 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2177 }
2178
2179 which defines
2180 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002181 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2182 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2183 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2184 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2185 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002186 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002187 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2188 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002189
2190 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2191
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002192- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002193
2194 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2195 provides the following compelling advantages:
2196
2197 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2198 - approved multibus support
2199 - better i2c mux support
2200
2201 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002203 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2204 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2205 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002207 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002208 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002209 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2210 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002211 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002212
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002213 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002214
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002215 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002216 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002218 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002219 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002220 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002221 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002222
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002223 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002224 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002225 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2226 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2227 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002229 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2230
2231 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2232 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2233 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2234 commands until the slave device responds.
2235
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002236 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002238 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002239 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2240 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
2242 I2C_INIT
2243
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002244 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002245 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002247 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249 I2C_PORT
2250
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002251 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2252 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2253 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
2255 I2C_ACTIVE
2256
2257 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2258 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2259 define can be null.
2260
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002261 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2262
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263 I2C_TRISTATE
2264
2265 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2266 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2267 define can be null.
2268
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002269 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271 I2C_READ
2272
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002273 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2274 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002276 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278 I2C_SDA(bit)
2279
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002280 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2281 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002283 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002284 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002285 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002286
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002287 I2C_SCL(bit)
2288
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002289 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2290 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002292 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002293 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002294 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296 I2C_DELAY
2297
2298 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2299 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002300 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002301 like:
2302
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002303 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002305 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2306
2307 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2308 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2309 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2310 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2311
2312 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2313 the generic GPIO functions.
2314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002315 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002316
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002317 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2318 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2319 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2320 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2321 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2322 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2323 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2324 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002325
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2327
2328 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2329 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2330 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2331 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2332 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2333 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2334 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2335 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2336
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002337 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2338
2339 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2340 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2341 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2342
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002343 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2344
2345 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002346 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2347 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002348 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002350 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002351
2352 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002353 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002354 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2355 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002356
2357 e.g.
2358 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002359 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002360
2361 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2362
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002363 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002364 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002365
2366 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002368 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002369
2370 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2371 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2372
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002373 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002374
2375 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2376 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002378 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002379
2380 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2381 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002383 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002384
2385 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2386 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2387 specified DTT device.
2388
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002389 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2390
2391 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2392 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2393 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2394 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2395 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2396 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2397 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002398
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002399- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2400
2401 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2402 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2403 D/As on the SACSng board)
2404
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002405 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2406
2407 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2408 only SH7757 is supported.
2409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410 CONFIG_SPI_X
2411
2412 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2413 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2414
2415 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2416
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002417 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2418 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2419 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2420 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2421 defined, the board configuration must define several
2422 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2423 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002425 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2426
2427 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2428 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2429 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002430 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002431 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2432
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002433 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2434
2435 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002436 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002437
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002438- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002439
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002440 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2441
2442 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2443
2444 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2445 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002447 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002448
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002449 Enables support for FPGA family.
2450 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2451
2452 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2453
2454 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002456 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002458 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002460 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002462 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2463 status by the configuration function. This option
2464 will require a board or device specific function to
2465 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
2467 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2468
2469 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2470 configuration driver.
2471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002472 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002475 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002476
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002477 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2478 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2479 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2480 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002482 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002484 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2485 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2486 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002487 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002489 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002490
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002491 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002492 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002494 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002496 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002497 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
2499- Configuration Management:
2500 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2501
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002502 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2503 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
2505- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2506
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002507 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2508 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002509 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002510 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2511 protects these variables from casual modification by
2512 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2513 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002514 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515
2516 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2517 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002518 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519 these parameters.
2520
2521 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2522 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002523 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002524 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2525 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2526 read-only.]
2527
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002528 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2529 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2530 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2531 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2532
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533- Protected RAM:
2534 CONFIG_PRAM
2535
2536 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2537 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2538 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2539 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2540 this default value by defining an environment
2541 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2542 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2543 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2544 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2545 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2546 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2547 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2548
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002549 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 saveenv
2551
2552 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2553 either, which results in a memory region that will
2554 not be affected by reboots.
2555
2556 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2557 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2558 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2559 following board configurations are known to be
2560 "pRAM-clean":
2561
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002562 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2563 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002564 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002566- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2567 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2568 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2569 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2570 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2571 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2572 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2573
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574- Error Recovery:
2575 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2576
2577 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2578 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2579 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002580 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002581 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2582 useful during development since you can try to debug
2583 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2584
2585 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2586
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002587 This variable defines the number of retries for
2588 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2589 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2590 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002592 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2593
2594 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2595
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002596 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2597
2598 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2599 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2600 try longer timeout such as
2601 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2602
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002604 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002605
2606 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2607
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002608 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2609 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002610
2611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002612 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613
2614 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2615 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2616 powerful command line syntax like
2617 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2618 constructs ("shell scripts").
2619
2620 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2621 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2622
2623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002624 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
2626 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2627 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2628 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2629
2630 Note:
2631
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002632 In the current implementation, the local variables
2633 space and global environment variables space are
2634 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2635 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2636 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2637 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2638 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002640 Global environment variables are those you use
2641 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2642 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2643 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
2645 To store commands and special characters in a
2646 variable, please use double quotation marks
2647 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2648 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2649 symbols.
2650
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002651- Commandline Editing and History:
2652 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2653
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002654 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002655 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002656
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002657- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2659
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002660 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2661 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002662 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002663
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002664 For example, place something like this in your
2665 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
2667 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2668 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2669 "myvar2=value2\0"
2670
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002671 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2672 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2673 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2674 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002675 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676 You better know what you are doing here.
2677
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002678 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2679 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002680 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002683 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2684
2685 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2686 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2687 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2688
2689 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2690
2691 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2692 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2693 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2694 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2695 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2696
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002697 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2698
2699 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2700 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2701 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2702
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002703 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2704
2705 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2706 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2707 that so that the environment is not available until
2708 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2709 this is instead controlled by the value of
2710 /config/load-environment.
2711
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002712- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002713 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2714
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002715 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2716 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2717 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002718
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002719- Serial Flash support
2720 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2721
2722 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2723 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2724
2725 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2726 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2727 commands.
2728
2729 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2730 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2731 flash is present on the system.
2732
2733 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2734 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2735 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2736 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2737
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002738 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2739
2740 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2741 test ('sf test').
2742
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302743 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2744
2745 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2746 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2747
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002748- SystemACE Support:
2749 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2750
2751 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2752 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002753 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002754 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002755
2756 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002757 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002758
2759 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2760 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2761
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002762- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2763 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2764
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002765 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002766 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002767 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002768 number generator is used.
2769
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002770 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2771 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2772 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2773
2774 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002775 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2776 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2777 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2778 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2779 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2780 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2781
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002782- Hashing support:
2783 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2784
2785 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2786 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2787
2788 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2789
2790 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2791 size a little.
2792
2793 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2794 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2795
2796 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2797 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2798
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002799- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2800 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2801 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2802 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2803
2804 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2805 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2806 a boot from specific media.
2807
2808 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2809 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2810 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2811 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2812 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2813
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002814- Signing support:
2815 CONFIG_RSA
2816
2817 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2818 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2819
2820 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2821 option.
2822
2823
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002824- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002825 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2826
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002827 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2828 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2829 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2830 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2831 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2832 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002834- Detailed boot stage timing
2835 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2836 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2837 of the boot process.
2838
2839 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2840 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2841 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2842 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2843 the limit, recording will stop.
2844
2845 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2846 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2847
2848 Timer summary in microseconds:
2849 Mark Elapsed Stage
2850 0 0 reset
2851 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2852 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2853 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2854 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2855 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2856 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2857 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2858
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002859 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2860 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2861 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2862
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002863 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2864 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2865 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2866 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2867 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2868 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2869 For example:
2870
2871 bootstage {
2872 154 {
2873 name = "board_init_f";
2874 mark = <3575678>;
2875 };
2876 170 {
2877 name = "lcd";
2878 accum = <33482>;
2879 };
2880 };
2881
2882 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2883
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002884Legacy uImage format:
2885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886 Arg Where When
2887 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002888 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002889 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002890 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002892 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002893 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2894 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2895 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002896 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2898 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2899 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2900 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002901 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002903
2904 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2905 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2906 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2907 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2908 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2909 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2910 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002911 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002912 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2913 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2914
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002915 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002916
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002917 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002918 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2919 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002920
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002921 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2922 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2923 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2924 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2925 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2926 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2927 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2928 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2929 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2930 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2931 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2932 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2933 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2934 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2935 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2936 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2937 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2938 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2939 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2940 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2941 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2942 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2943 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2944 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2945 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2946 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2947 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2948 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2949 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2950 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2951 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2952 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2953 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2954 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2955 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2956 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2957 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2958 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2959 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2960 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2961 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2962 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2963 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2964 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2965 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2966 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2967 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002969 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002971 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002972 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2973 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002975 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2976 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002977 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002978 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2979 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2980 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002981 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2982 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002983 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002985FIT uImage format:
2986
2987 Arg Where When
2988 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2989 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2990 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2991 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2992 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2993 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002994 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002995 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2996 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2997 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2998 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2999 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003000 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3001 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003002 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3003 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3004 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3005 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3006 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3007 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3008 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3009 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3010
3011 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3012 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3013 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003014 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003015 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3016 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3017 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3018 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3019 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3020 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3021 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3022 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3023 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3024 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3025 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3026 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3027
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003028 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003029 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3030
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003031 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003032 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3033
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003035 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3036
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003037- FIT image support:
3038 CONFIG_FIT
3039 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3040
3041 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3042 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3043 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3044 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3045 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3046 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3047
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003048 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3049 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3050 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3051 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3052
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003053- Standalone program support:
3054 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3055
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003056 This option defines a board specific value for the
3057 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3058 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003059 settings.
3060
3061- Frame Buffer Address:
3062 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3063
3064 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003065 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3066 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3067 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3068 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3069 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3070 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3071 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003072
3073 Please see board_init_f function.
3074
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003075- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3076 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3077 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3078 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3079
3080 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3081 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3082
3083- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3084 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3085
3086 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3087 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3088
3089 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3090
3091 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3092 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3093
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003094- UBI support
3095 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3096
3097 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3098 with the UBI flash translation layer
3099
3100 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3101
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003102 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3103
3104 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3105 warnings and errors enabled.
3106
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003107- UBIFS support
3108 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3109
3110 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3111 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3112
3113 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3114
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003115 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3116
3117 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3118 warnings and errors enabled.
3119
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003120- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003121 CONFIG_SPL
3122 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003123
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003124 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3125 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3126
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003127 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3128 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3129 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3130 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003131 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003132 must not be both defined at the same time.
3133
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003134 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003135 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3136 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3137 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3138 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003139
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003140 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3141 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003142
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003143 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3144 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3145 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3146
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003147 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3148 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3149
3150 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003151 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3152 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3153 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003154 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003155 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003156
3157 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3158 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3159
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003160 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3161 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3162 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3163 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3164
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003165 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3166 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3167
3168 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3169 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003170
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003171 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3172 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3173 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3174 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3175
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003176 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3177 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3178 about the running system.
3179
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003180 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3181 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3182
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003183 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3184 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003185
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003186 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3187 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003188
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003189 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3190 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003191
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003192 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3193 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003194
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003195 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3196 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003197
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003198 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3199 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3200 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3201 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3202 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3203
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003204 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3205 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3206 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3207
3208 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3209 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3210 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3211 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3212 (for falcon mode)
3213
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003214 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3215 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3216
3217 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3218 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3219
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003220 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3221 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3222 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3223
3224 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3225 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3226 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3227
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003228 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3229 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3230 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3231 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3232 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3233
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003234 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3235 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3236 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3237
3238 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3239 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3240
3241 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3242 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3243
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003244 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003245 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3246 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003247
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003248 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3249 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003250 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003251
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003252 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3253 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3254 SPL binary.
3255
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003256 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3257 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3258 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3259 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3260 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3261 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003262 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003263
3264 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003265 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3266
3267 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3268 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3269
3270 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3271 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003272
3273 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003274 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003275
3276 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3277 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3278 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3279
3280 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3281 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3282 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3283
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003284 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3285 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003286
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003287 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3288 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003289
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003290 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3291 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003292
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003293 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3294 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3295
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003296 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3297 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003298
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003299 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3300 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3301
3302 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3303 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3304 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3305 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3306
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003307 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003308 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3309 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3310 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3311 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3312 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003313
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003314 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3315 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3316 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3317 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3318
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003319 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3320 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3321 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3322 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3323 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3324
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003325- TPL framework
3326 CONFIG_TPL
3327 Enable building of TPL globally.
3328
3329 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3330 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3331 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003332 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3333 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3334 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003335
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003336Modem Support:
3337--------------
3338
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003339[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003340
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003341- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003342 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3343
3344- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3345 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3346
3347- Modem debug support:
3348 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3349
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003350 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3351 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003353- Interrupt support (PPC):
3354
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003355 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3356 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003357 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003358 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003359 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003360 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003361 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003362 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3363 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3364 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003365
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366- General:
3367
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003368 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3369 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3370 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003371 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003372 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3373 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3374 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003375
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003376 If there are no modem init strings in the
3377 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3378 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003379 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
3381 See also: doc/README.Modem
3382
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003383Board initialization settings:
3384------------------------------
3385
3386During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3387to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3388before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3389following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3390architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3391typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3392
3393- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3394- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3395- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3396- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398Configuration Settings:
3399-----------------------
3400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3403
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003404- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3405 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408 prompt for user input.
3409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003410- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003412- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003414- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003416- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3418 booted
3419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003420- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003421 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003423- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003424 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003426- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003427 If the board specific function
3428 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3429 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3431
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003432- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003433 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003435- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3440 simple memory test.
3441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003442- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003443 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003445- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003446 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3447 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3450 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003451 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003452 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003453 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3454 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3455 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003456 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003457 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003458 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003459
3460 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3461 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3462 be touched.
3463
3464 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3465 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3466 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3467 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3468 problems.
3469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003470- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3478 Cogent motherboard)
3479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003480- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003483- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003484 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3485 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003486 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003489- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003490 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3491 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3492 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3493 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003498- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003499 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3500 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003502 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3506 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003507 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3508 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003509 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003510 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003511 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003512 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3513 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3514 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003516- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3517 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3518 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3519 is enabled.
3520
3521- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3522 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3523 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3524
3525- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3526 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3527 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003529- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530 Max number of Flash memory banks
3531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003535- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003542 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003544- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003545 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003547- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003548 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3549 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003551- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
3553 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3554 without this option such a download has to be
3555 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3556 copy from RAM to flash.
3557
3558 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3559 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003560 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3561 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003564- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003565 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003566 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003568- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003569 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3570 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003572- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3573 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3574 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3575 to the MTD layer.
3576
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003577- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003578 Use buffered writes to flash.
3579
3580- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3581 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3582 write commands.
3583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003584- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003585 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3586 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3587 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3588 optionally available.
3589
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003590- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3591 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3592 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3593 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3594
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003595- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3596 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3597 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3598 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3599 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3600 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3601 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3602 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003604- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003605 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3606 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003607 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3608 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003609 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003610 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3611
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003612- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3613
Wolfgang Denk1136f69e2010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003614 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3615 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3616 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3617 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3618 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003619
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003620- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3621- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003622 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003623 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3624 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3625 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3626
3627 The format of the list is:
3628 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003629 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3630 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003631 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3632 list = entry[,list]
3633
3634 The type attributes are:
3635 s - String (default)
3636 d - Decimal
3637 x - Hexadecimal
3638 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3639 i - IP address
3640 m - MAC address
3641
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003642 The access attributes are:
3643 a - Any (default)
3644 r - Read-only
3645 o - Write-once
3646 c - Change-default
3647
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003648 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3649 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3650 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3651
3652 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3653 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3654 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3655 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3656 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3657 ".flags" variable.
3658
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003659- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3660 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3661 access flags.
3662
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003663- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3664 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3665 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3666 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3667 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3668 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3669 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3670 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3671 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3672
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003673- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3674 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3675 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3676 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3677 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3678
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003679- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3680 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3681 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3682 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3685of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3686following configurations:
3687
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003688- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3689
3690 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3691 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003693- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
3695 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3696
3697 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3698 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3699 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3700 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3701 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3702 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3703 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3704 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3705 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3706 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3707 between U-Boot and the environment.
3708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003709 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710
3711 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3712 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3713 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3714 for this sector is given here.
3715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003716 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003718 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
3720 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3721 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003722 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003724 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
3726 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3727
3728
3729 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3730 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3731 the environment.
3732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003733 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003735 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003736 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3738 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3739
3740 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3741 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3742 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3743 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3744 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3745 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3746 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3747 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3748 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003750 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3751 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003753 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003754 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003755 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003756 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
3758BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3759source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3760accordingly!
3761
3762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003763- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764
3765 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3766 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3767 environment.
3768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003769 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3770 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003772 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3774 can just be read and written to, without any special
3775 provision.
3776
3777BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3778in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003779console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780U-Boot will hang.
3781
3782Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3783environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3784keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3785to save the current settings.
3786
3787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003788- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
3790 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3791 device and a driver for it.
3792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003793 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3794 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
3796 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3797 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003799 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3801 The default address is zero.
3802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003803 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3805 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3806 would require six bits.
3807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003808 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003810 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003812 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3814 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003816 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003817 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3818 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3819 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3820 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3821 byte chips.
3822
3823 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3824 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3825 in the chip address.
3826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3829
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003830 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3831 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3832 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3833
3834 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3835 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3836 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3837 EEPROM. For example:
3838
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003839 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003840
3841 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3842 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003844- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003845
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003846 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003847 want to use for the environment.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003849 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3850 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3851 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003852
3853 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3854 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3855 at the specified address.
3856
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003857- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3858
3859 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3860 want to use for the local device's environment.
3861
3862 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3863 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3864
3865 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3866 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3867 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003868 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003869
3870BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3871"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003872environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3873but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003875- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003876
3877 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3878 for the environment.
3879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003880 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3881 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003882
3883 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003884 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3885 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003886
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003887 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003889 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003890 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3891 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003892 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003893 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3894
3895 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3896
3897 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3898 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3899 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3900 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3901 the range to be avoided.
3902
3903 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003904
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003905 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3906 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3907 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3908 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3909 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003910
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003911- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3912
3913 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3914 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3915 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3916
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003917- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3918
3919 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3920 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3921 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3922
3923 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3924
3925 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3926
3927 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3928
3929 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3930 environment in.
3931
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003932 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3933
3934 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3935 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3936 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3937
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003938 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3939 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3940
3941 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3942 when storing the env in UBI.
3943
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003944- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3945
3946 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3947 environment.
3948
3949 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3950
3951 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3952
3953 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3954
3955 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3956 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3957 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3958
3959 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3960 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3961
3962 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3963 area within the specified MMC device.
3964
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003965 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3966 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3967 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3968 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3969 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3970 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3971 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3972
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003973 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3974 MMC sector boundary.
3975
3976 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3977
3978 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3979 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3980 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3981 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3982
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003983 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3984 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3985
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003986 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3987 an MMC sector boundary.
3988
3989 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3990
3991 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3992 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3993 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003995- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
3997 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3998 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3999 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4000 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4001 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4002 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4003 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4004
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004005Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004007created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008until then to read environment variables.
4009
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004010The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4011is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4012with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4013necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4014"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4015have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016
4017Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4018the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004019use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004021- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004022 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004025 also needs to be defined.
4026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004028 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004030- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4031 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4032 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4033 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4034 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4035 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4036
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004037- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4038 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4039 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4040 to do this.
4041
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004042- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4043 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4044 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4045 present.
4046
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004048---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004053- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004055
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004056 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4057 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4058 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004060- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4061 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4062 PowerPC SOCs.
4063
4064- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4065 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4066 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4067
4068 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4069 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4070
4071- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4072 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4073 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004074 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004075 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4076 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4077 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4078
4079 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4080 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4081
4082- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004083 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4084 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004085 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4086 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4087
4088- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4089 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4090 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4091 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4092
4093- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4094 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4095 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4096
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004097- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004098 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004099
4100 the default drive number (default value 0)
4101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004102 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004103
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004104 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004105 (default value 1)
4106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004107 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004108
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004109 defines the offset of register from address. It
4110 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004111 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004113 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4114 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004115 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004117 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004118 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4119 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4120 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4121 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004122
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004123- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4124 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4125 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4126 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4127 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4128 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4129 is requierd.
4130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004131- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004132 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004133 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004135- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004137 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4139 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4140 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4141 will become available only after programming the
4142 memory controller and running certain initialization
4143 sequences.
4144
4145 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4146 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4147 - MPC824X: data cache
4148 - PPC4xx: data cache
4149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004150- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
4152 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004153 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4154 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004156 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004157 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4158 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4159 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
4161 Note:
4162 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4163 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4166 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004170- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004172- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004174- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004176- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004178- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004180- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181 SDRAM timing
4182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184 periodic timer for refresh
4185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4189 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4190 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4191 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4193
4194- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004195 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4196 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004199- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4200 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4202 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004204- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4206 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4207
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004208- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004209 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4210 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004212- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4214 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004216- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4218 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4219 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004221- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004222 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4223 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4224 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4225 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004227- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4228 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4229 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4230 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4231 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4232 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4233 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4234 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004235 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004236
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004237- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4238 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4239 required.
4240
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004241- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4242 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4243 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4244 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4245 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4246 by coreboot or similar.
4247
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004248- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4249 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4250
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004251- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4252 Chip has SRIO or not
4253
4254- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4255 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4256
4257- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4258 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4259
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004260- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4261 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4262
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004263- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4264 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4265
4266- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4267 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4268
4269- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4270 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4271
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004272- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4273 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4274 a 16 bit bus.
4275 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004276 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004277 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004278 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004279
4280- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4281 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4282 a default value will be used.
4283
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004284- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004285 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4286 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4287
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004288 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4289 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004292 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4293 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4294 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004295
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004296- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4297 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4298 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4299 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4300 header files or board specific files.
4301
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004302- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4303 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004305- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004306 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4307 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004308
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004309- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4310 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4311
4312- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4313 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004314 to the given FEC; i. e.
4315 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004316 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4317
4318 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4319
4320- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4321 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4322 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4323
4324- CONFIG_RMII
4325 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4326 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4327 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4328
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004329- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4330 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4331 The syntax is:
4332
4333 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4334
4335 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4336 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4337 area should have.
4338
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004339- CONFIG_LOOPW
4340 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004341 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004342
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004343- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4344 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4345 "md/mw" commands.
4346 Examples:
4347
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004348 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004349 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4350
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004351 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004352 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4353
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004354 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004355 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004356
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004357- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004358 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004359 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4360 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4361 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004362
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004363 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4364 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4365 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4366 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004367
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004368- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004369 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4370 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4371 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004372
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004373- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4374 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4375 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4376 It is loaded by the SPL.
4377
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004378- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4379 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4380 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4381 previous 4k of the .text section.
4382
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004383- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4384 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4385 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4386 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4387 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4388 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4389 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4390 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4391
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004392- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4393 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4394 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4395 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4396 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4397
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004398- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4399 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4400 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004401
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004402- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4403 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4404
4405 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004406
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004407- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4408 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4409
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004410Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4411-----------------------------------
4412
4413The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4414loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4415This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4416are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4417within that device.
4418
4419- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4420 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4421 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4422 is also specified.
4423
4424- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4425 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4426 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4427 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4428 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4429
4430- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4431 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4432 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4433 virtual address in NOR flash.
4434
4435- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4436 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4437 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4438
4439- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4440 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4441 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4442
4443- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4444 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4445 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4446
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004447- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4448 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4449 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004450 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4451 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4452 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004453
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004454Building the Software:
4455======================
4456
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004457Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4458and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4459all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4460(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4461recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4462which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004464If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4465have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4466you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4467Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4468necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004470 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4471 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004472
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004473Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4474 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4475 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4476 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4477
4478 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4479
4480 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4481 be executed on computers running Windows.
4482
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004483U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4484sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004485is done by typing:
4486
4487 make NAME_config
4488
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004489where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004490rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004491
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4493 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4494 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4495 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004496 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 make TQM823L_config
4499 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004500
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004501 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4502 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4508images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4511- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4512- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004514By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4515in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4516this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4517
45181. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4519
4520 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4521 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4522 make O=/tmp/build all
4523
45242. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4525
4526 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4527 make distclean
4528 make NAME_config
4529 make all
4530
4531Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4532variable.
4533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4536for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4537native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4541to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4542steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045441. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004545 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4546 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045472. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4548 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4549 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
45503. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4551 your board
45523. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4553 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
45544. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
45555. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4556 to be installed on your target system.
45576. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4558 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4562==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004564If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4565or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4567the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004568official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004570But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4571cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4573just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004574for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4575select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4576environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4577you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004585When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4586U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4587setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4588built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4589<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4590location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4591variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004592
4593 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4594 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4595 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4596
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004597With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4598log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4599during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004600
4601
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605Monitor Commands - Overview:
4606============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608go - start application at address 'addr'
4609run - run commands in an environment variable
4610bootm - boot application image from memory
4611bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004612bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4614 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4615 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004616tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4618diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4619loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4620loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4621md - memory display
4622mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4623nm - memory modify (constant address)
4624mw - memory write (fill)
4625cp - memory copy
4626cmp - memory compare
4627crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004628i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629sspi - SPI utility commands
4630base - print or set address offset
4631printenv- print environment variables
4632setenv - set environment variables
4633saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4634protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4635erase - erase FLASH memory
4636flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004637nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4639iminfo - print header information for application image
4640coninfo - print console devices and informations
4641ide - IDE sub-system
4642loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004643loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644mtest - simple RAM test
4645icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4646dcache - enable or disable data cache
4647reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4648echo - echo args to console
4649version - print monitor version
4650help - print online help
4651? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4655========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
4661
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662Environment Variables:
4663======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4666can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4669"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4670without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4671environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4672working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4673environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004675Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4676
4677List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004689 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4690 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4691 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4692 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4693 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4694 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004695 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4696 bootm_mapsize.
4697
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004698 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004699 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4700 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4701 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4702 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4703 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4704 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004705
4706 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4707 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4708 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4709 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4710 environment variable.
4711
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004712 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4713 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4714 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4715
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4717 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4718 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4719 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4722 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4723 be automatically started (by internally calling
4724 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4727 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4728 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4729 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4730 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004732 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4733 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004734 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4735 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4736 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4737 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4738 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4739 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4740 access it during the boot procedure.
4741
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004742 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4743 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4744 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4745 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4746 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4747 must be accessible by the kernel.
4748
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004749 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4750 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4751 defined.
4752
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004753 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4754 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4755 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4756 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4757 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4758
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4760 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4761 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4762 is usually what you want since it allows for
4763 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4764 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004765 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4767 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4768 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4769 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4772 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4773 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4774 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4775 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4776 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4781 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4782 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4783 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4784 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4785 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4786 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004787
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4791 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004796
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004803 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004805 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4806 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004808 => setenv ethact FEC
4809 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4810 => setenv ethact SCC
4811 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004813 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4814 available network interfaces.
4815 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4816
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004817 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4819 When set to "once" the network operation will
4820 fail when all the available network interfaces
4821 are tried once without success.
4822 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4823 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004825 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004826
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004827 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4828 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4829 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4830 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4831 is silent.
4832
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004833 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004834 UDP source port.
4835
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004836 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4837 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4838
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004839 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4840 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4841
4842 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4843 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4844 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4845 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4846 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4847 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4848 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4849
4850 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004851 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004853
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004854The following image location variables contain the location of images
4855used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4856not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4857variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4858server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4859loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4860flash or offset in NAND flash.
4861
4862*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4863boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4864boards use these variables for other purposes.
4865
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004866Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4867----- --------- ----------- --------------
4868u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4869Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4870device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4871ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004872
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4874updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4875depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004876
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877 bootfile - see above
4878 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4879 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4880 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4881 hostname - Target hostname
4882 ipaddr - see above
4883 netmask - Subnet Mask
4884 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4885 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004886
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004887
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4891 as type string and/or serial number
4892 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4895the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4896once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
4898
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4902 with the "version" command. This variable is
4903 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4907only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004908
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004909
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004910Callback functions for environment variables:
4911---------------------------------------------
4912
4913For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4914when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4915be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4916deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4917effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4918
4919The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4920U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4921
4922These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4923static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4924in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4925associations. The list must be in the following format:
4926
4927 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4928 list = entry[,list]
4929
4930If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4931Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4932
4933Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4934with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4935override any association in the static list. You can define
4936CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4937".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4938
4939
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940Command Line Parsing:
4941=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004942
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4944the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946Old, simple command line parser:
4947--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4950- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004951- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4953 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004954 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4956 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958Hush shell:
4959-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4962 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4963 until...do...done, ...
4964- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4965 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4966 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4967 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004968
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969General rules:
4970--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004971
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4973 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4974 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4975 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004978 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4980 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004981
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4983=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004984
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004985Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4987"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004988
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4990MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4991"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004992
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4994in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4995ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4996variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004997
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4999 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5002 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5003 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5006 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5009 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5010 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5013 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005015If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005016will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005017may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5018The naming convention is as follows:
5019"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021Image Formats:
5022==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005024U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5025images in two formats:
5026
5027New uImage format (FIT)
5028-----------------------
5029
5030Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5031to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5032components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5033SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5034
5035
5036Old uImage format
5037-----------------
5038
5039Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5040preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5041details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5044 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005045 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5046 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5047 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005048* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005049 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5050 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5052* Load Address
5053* Entry Point
5054* Image Name
5055* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5058and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5059CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062Linux Support:
5063==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5066easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5067U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5070special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5071"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5072instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5073serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5076 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5077 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5080 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5083 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5084 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5085 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5086 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5087 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090Linux HOWTO:
5091============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5094---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5097configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5098(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5099Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005100
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005101But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005102
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5104include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005105Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5106and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005107as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110Configuring the Linux kernel:
5111-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5114device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117Building a Linux Image:
5118-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5121not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5122"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5123U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5124which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5125100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129 make TQM850L_config
5130 make oldconfig
5131 make dep
5132 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5135encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5136CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5143 -R .note -R .comment \
5144 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005145
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005149
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005151
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5153 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5154 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5158with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5159combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5160byte header containing information about target architecture,
5161operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5162stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5165print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5168contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5169checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005170
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171 tools/mkimage -l image
5172 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005173
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5175from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005176
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5178 -n name -d data_file image
5179 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5180 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5181 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5182 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5183 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5184 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5185 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5186 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005187
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005188Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5189address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5190kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005191
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5193- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5198 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005199 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5201 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5202 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5203 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5204 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5205 Load Address: 0x00000000
5206 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5211 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5212 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5213 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5214 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5215 Load Address: 0x00000000
5216 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5219speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5220needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5221need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005223 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5225 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005226 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5228 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5229 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5230 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5231 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5232 Load Address: 0x00000000
5233 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5237when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5240 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5241 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5242 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5243 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5244 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5245 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5246 Load Address: 0x00000000
5247 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250Installing a Linux Image:
5251-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5254you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5259image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5260address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5261specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5262command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5265TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269 .......... done
5270 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272 => loads 40100000
5273 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5274 ~>examples/image.srec
5275 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5276 ...
5277 15989 15990 15991 15992
5278 [file transfer complete]
5279 [connected]
5280 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005284this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5290 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5291 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5292 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5293 Load Address: 00000000
5294 Entry Point: 0000000c
5295 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
5297
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298Boot Linux:
5299-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5302memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5303of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5304parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5305"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005307
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308 => printenv bootargs
5309 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 => printenv bootargs
5314 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316 => bootm 40020000
5317 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5318 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5319 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5320 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5321 Load Address: 00000000
5322 Entry Point: 0000000c
5323 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5324 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5325 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5326 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5327 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5328 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5329 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5330 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005332If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5334format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5339 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5340 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5341 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5342 Load Address: 00000000
5343 Entry Point: 0000000c
5344 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5347 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5348 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5349 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5350 Load Address: 00000000
5351 Entry Point: 00000000
5352 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5355 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5356 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5357 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5358 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5359 Load Address: 00000000
5360 Entry Point: 0000000c
5361 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5362 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5363 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5364 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5365 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5366 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5367 Load Address: 00000000
5368 Entry Point: 00000000
5369 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5370 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5371 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5372 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5373 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5374 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5375 ...
5376 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5377 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005381Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5382-----------
5383
5384First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5385titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5386following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5387flat device tree:
5388
5389=> print oftaddr
5390oftaddr=0x300000
5391=> print oft
5392oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5393=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5394Speed: 1000, full duplex
5395Using TSEC0 device
5396TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5397Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5398Load address: 0x300000
5399Loading: #
5400done
5401Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5402=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5403Speed: 1000, full duplex
5404Using TSEC0 device
5405TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5406Filename 'uImage'.
5407Load address: 0x200000
5408Loading:############
5409done
5410Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5411=> print loadaddr
5412loadaddr=200000
5413=> print oftaddr
5414oftaddr=0x300000
5415=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5416## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005417 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5418 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5419 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005420 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005421 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005422 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5423 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5424Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5425Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5426Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5427[snip]
5428
5429
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430More About U-Boot Image Types:
5431------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005434
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5436 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5437 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5438 the Standalone Program.
5439 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5440 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5441 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5442 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5443 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5444 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5445 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5446 being started.
5447 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5448 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5449 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5450 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5451 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5452 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5455 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5456 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5457 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5458 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5459 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5462 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5463 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005464
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5466 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5467 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5468 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005469
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005470Booting the Linux zImage:
5471-------------------------
5472
5473On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5474using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5475as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5476
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005477Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005478kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5479address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5480format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5481
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005482
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483Standalone HOWTO:
5484=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5487run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5488U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005491
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492"Hello World" Demo:
5493-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5496application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5497It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5498like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005499
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500 => loads
5501 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5502 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5503 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5504 [file transfer complete]
5505 [connected]
5506 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5509 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5510 Hello World
5511 argc = 7
5512 argv[0] = "40004"
5513 argv[1] = "Hello"
5514 argv[2] = "World!"
5515 argv[3] = "This"
5516 argv[4] = "is"
5517 argv[5] = "a"
5518 argv[6] = "test."
5519 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5520 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005521
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5525handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5526Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5527The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5528character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5529controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5532 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5533 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5534 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 => loads
5537 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5538 ~>examples/timer.srec
5539 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5540 [file transfer complete]
5541 [connected]
5542 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544 => go 40004
5545 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5546 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5547 Using timer 1
5548 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005549
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Hit 'b':
5551 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5552 Enabling timer
5553Hit '?':
5554 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5555 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5556Hit '?':
5557 [q, b, e, ?] .
5558 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5559Hit '?':
5560 [q, b, e, ?] .
5561 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5562Hit '?':
5563 [q, b, e, ?] .
5564 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5565Hit 'e':
5566 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5567Hit 'q':
5568 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571Minicom warning:
5572================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5575"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5576consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5577Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5578especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005579use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5580http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5581for help with kermit.
5582
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5585configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005586
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5588 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5589 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005590
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005591
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592NetBSD Notes:
5593=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005594
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5596(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005597
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5599NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5600need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5601Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5602attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5603missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005604
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5606 # mkdir powerpc
5607 # ln -s powerpc machine
5608 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5609 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5612and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5615stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5616proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5617tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005618meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621Implementation Internals:
5622=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005623
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5625implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5626inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5627hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630Initial Stack, Global Data:
5631---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005632
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5634starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5635system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5636This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5637is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5638at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5639options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5640models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5641MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5642locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005644 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005645 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5648 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5649 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5650 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5653 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5654 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5655 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5656 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005657 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5659 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5662 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005663 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5665 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5666 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5667 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005669 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5671 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005672 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5674 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5675 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5676 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5677 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005678
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679 -Chris Hallinan
5680 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5683code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005684
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5686 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005687
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005688* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5690 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005691
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5693 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005694
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5696normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5697turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5698simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5699functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5700functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5701the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5702place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5703reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005704
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5706relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5707GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5710 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005711 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5713 R5-R10: parameter passing
5714 R13: small data area pointer
5715 R30: GOT pointer
5716 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005718 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5719 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5720 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005721
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005722 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5725 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5726 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5727 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5728 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5729 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005731On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005732 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5733
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005734 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005735
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005736On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738 R0: function argument word/integer result
5739 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005740 R9: platform specific
5741 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5743 R12: temporary workspace
5744 R13: stack pointer
5745 R14: link register
5746 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005748 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5749
5750 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005752On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5753 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5754
5755 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5756
5757 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5758 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5759
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005760On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5761
5762 R0-R1: argument/return
5763 R2-R5: argument
5764 R15: temporary register for assembler
5765 R16: trampoline register
5766 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5767 R29: global pointer (GP)
5768 R30: link register (LP)
5769 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5770 PC: program counter (PC)
5771
5772 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5773
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005774NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5775or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005776
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777Memory Management:
5778------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5781MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5784controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5785memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5786physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5789TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5790booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5791to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005792memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5794Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5797of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5800this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5803 :
5804 0x0000 1FFF
5805 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5806 :
5807 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 :
5810 :
5811 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5812 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5813 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5814 :
5815 0x00FD FFFF
5816 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5817 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5818 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5819 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822System Initialization:
5823----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005824
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005826(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5828To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5829To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5830initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5831which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5832part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5833the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005834
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5836preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5837(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5838on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5839programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5840simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5841banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005842
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005843When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5844different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5845bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58460x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5847contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5850and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5851Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5852pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5855until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5856running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5857new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860U-Boot Porting Guide:
5861----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5864list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005867int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868{
5869 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005871 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5872 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005873
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005875 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876 return 0;
5877 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005878
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005879 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005880
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005881 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005882
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005883 if (clueless)
5884 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005886 while (learning) {
5887 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005888 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5889 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005891 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005893
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005894 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5895 Buy a BDI3000;
5896 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005899 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5900 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5901 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5902 } else {
5903 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5904 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5905 }
5906 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5907 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005909 while (!accepted) {
5910 while (!running) {
5911 do {
5912 Add / modify source code;
5913 } until (compiles);
5914 Debug;
5915 if (clueless)
5916 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5917 }
5918 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5919 if (reasonable critiques)
5920 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5921 else
5922 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005923 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925 return 0;
5926}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005928void no_more_time (int sig)
5929{
5930 hire_a_guru();
5931}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934Coding Standards:
5935-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005938coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005939"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005940
5941Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5942MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5943reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5944sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005946Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5947Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5948in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005949
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5951- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005952- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005954- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005956
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5958with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961Submitting Patches:
5962-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5965establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5966may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005967
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005968Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005969
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005970Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5971see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5972
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005973When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5974it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005975
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5977 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5978 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5981 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005983* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005984
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005985* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005986
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005987* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5988 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5991 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005992
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005993* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5994 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005995 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005996 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5997 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005998
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005999 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6000 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6001 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006002
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006003 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6004 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6005 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6006 affected files).
6007
6008 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6009 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006010
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006011* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6012 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006013
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006014* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6015 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006016
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006017
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006018Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006019
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6021 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6022 for any of the boards.
6023
6024* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6025 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6026 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006027
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006028* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6029 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6030 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6031 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6032 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6033 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006034
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006035* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6036 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6037 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6038 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.